1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
215 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
216 unsigned long h
= 5381;
219 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
220 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
221 return h
& 0xffffffff;
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
227 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
229 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
230 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
234 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
250 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
254 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
255 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
258 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
259 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
261 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
262 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
263 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
265 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
266 in case the string table is not terminated. */
267 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
268 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
269 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
271 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
273 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
278 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
279 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
281 return (char *) shstrtab
;
285 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
286 unsigned int shindex
,
287 unsigned int strindex
)
289 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
294 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
296 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
297 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
300 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
302 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
303 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
304 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
305 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
306 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
308 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
312 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
315 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
316 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
317 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
318 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
319 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
322 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
326 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
328 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
330 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
332 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
334 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
345 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
347 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
348 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
350 /* Read the symbols. */
352 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
353 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
354 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
355 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
356 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
357 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
359 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
360 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
362 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
363 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
364 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
370 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
374 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
375 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
376 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
378 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
379 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
380 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
382 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
383 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
384 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
391 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
393 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
394 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
398 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
399 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
400 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
402 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
403 (*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
);
406 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
408 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
409 free (alloc_extshndx
);
414 /* Look up a symbol name. */
416 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
417 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
418 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
422 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
423 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
425 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
426 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
427 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
428 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
430 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
431 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
434 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
437 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
438 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
443 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
444 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
447 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
448 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
450 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
452 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
453 signature just a string? */
456 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
458 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
459 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
460 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
461 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
463 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
464 that it is a symbol table section. */
465 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
466 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
467 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
470 /* Go read the symbol. */
471 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
472 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
473 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
476 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
479 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
482 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
484 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
486 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
487 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
490 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
492 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
493 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
494 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
496 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
499 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
505 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
506 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
510 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
511 so we can find them quickly. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
515 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
516 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
517 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
521 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
524 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
527 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
529 /* Add to list of sections. */
530 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
533 /* Read the raw contents. */
534 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
535 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
536 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
538 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
539 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
540 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
544 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
545 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
546 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
548 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
549 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
556 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
557 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
560 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
561 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
562 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
567 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
568 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
571 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
578 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
582 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
584 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
585 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
586 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
588 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
589 section is a member. */
591 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
595 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
596 other members to see if any others are linked via
598 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
599 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
601 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
602 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
606 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
607 insert current section in circular list. */
608 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
609 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
610 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
616 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
619 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
621 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
622 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
625 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
627 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
628 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
636 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
638 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
645 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
648 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
649 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
652 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
653 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
656 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
658 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
659 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
660 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
661 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
664 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
665 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
666 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
667 bed
->link_order_error_handler
668 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
675 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
678 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
679 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
680 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
683 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
684 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
685 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
689 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
694 /* Process section groups. */
695 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
698 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
700 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
701 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
702 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
705 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
706 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
707 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
708 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
709 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
710 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
711 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
712 relocation sections are in section group in input object
714 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
717 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
718 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
719 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
721 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
722 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
723 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
726 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
734 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
736 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
739 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
740 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
743 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
744 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
750 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
752 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
754 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
755 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
759 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
763 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
764 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
765 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
767 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
768 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
769 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
771 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
773 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
774 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
776 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
779 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
780 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
781 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
782 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
783 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
784 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
787 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
790 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
791 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
792 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
794 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
796 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
799 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
800 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
801 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
803 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
804 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
806 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
807 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
809 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
811 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
812 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
817 } debug_sections
[] =
819 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
820 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
821 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
822 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
823 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
824 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
825 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
826 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
827 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
828 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
829 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
830 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
831 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
832 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
833 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
834 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
839 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
841 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
842 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
843 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
844 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
845 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
849 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
850 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
851 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
852 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
853 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
854 all but one of the sections. */
855 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
856 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
857 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
859 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
861 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
864 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
867 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
869 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
872 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
873 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
874 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
875 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
876 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
878 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
881 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
883 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
884 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
886 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
887 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
888 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
889 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
891 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
892 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
893 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
894 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
895 place special significance on the address 0 and
896 executables need to be able to have a segment which
897 covers this address. */
898 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
899 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
900 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
901 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
902 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
903 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
904 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
906 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
907 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
908 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
910 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
911 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
912 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
913 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
914 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
915 segment will contain sections with contiguous
916 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
917 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
918 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
920 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
921 offsets whether a section with zero size should
922 be placed at the end of one segment or the
923 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
924 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
925 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
926 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
941 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
944 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
945 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
946 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
947 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
948 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
951 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
952 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
954 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
959 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
962 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
963 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
964 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
966 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
967 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
968 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
975 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
976 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
977 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
978 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
981 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
982 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
983 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
984 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
985 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
986 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
987 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
988 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
989 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
991 bfd_reloc_status_type
992 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
993 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
995 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
996 asection
*input_section
,
998 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1000 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1001 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1002 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1003 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1005 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1006 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1009 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1012 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1015 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1018 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1019 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1022 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1025 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1030 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1033 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1034 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1035 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1036 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1037 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1039 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1041 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1042 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1043 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1044 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1046 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1047 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1050 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1051 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1052 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1057 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1059 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1060 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1061 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1064 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1067 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1071 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1073 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1074 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1077 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1078 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1079 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1081 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1082 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1083 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1088 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1093 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1094 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1095 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1096 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1097 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1098 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1099 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1100 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1101 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1102 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1103 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1104 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1109 /* Print out the program headers. */
1112 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1115 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1117 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1119 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1124 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1125 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1126 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1128 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1133 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1136 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1137 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1138 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1139 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1140 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1141 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1142 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1143 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1144 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1145 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1146 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1147 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1148 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1149 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1150 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1151 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1152 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1157 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1161 unsigned long shlink
;
1162 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1164 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1166 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1168 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1171 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1174 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1176 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1177 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1180 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1181 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1183 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1186 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1188 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1190 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1197 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1201 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1202 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1204 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1205 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1206 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1207 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1208 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1209 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1210 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1212 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1213 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1214 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1215 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1216 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1217 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1218 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1220 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1221 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1222 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1223 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1224 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1225 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1226 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1227 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1228 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1229 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1230 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1231 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1232 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1233 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1234 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1235 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1236 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1237 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1238 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1239 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1240 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1241 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1242 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1243 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1244 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1245 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1246 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1247 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1248 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1249 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1250 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1251 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1252 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1253 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1254 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1255 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1256 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1257 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1258 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1261 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1263 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1267 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1269 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1272 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1281 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1282 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1284 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1288 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1290 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1292 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1293 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1295 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1296 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1297 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1298 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1300 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1303 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1307 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1313 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1315 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1317 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1318 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1320 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1322 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1323 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1324 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1325 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1326 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1327 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1339 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1342 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1345 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1350 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1351 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1353 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1354 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1355 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1356 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1360 const char *section_name
;
1361 const char *name
= NULL
;
1362 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1363 unsigned char st_other
;
1366 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1368 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1369 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1370 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1374 name
= symbol
->name
;
1375 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1378 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1379 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1380 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1381 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1382 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1383 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1384 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1386 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1387 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1389 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1390 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1391 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1392 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1394 unsigned int vernum
;
1395 const char *version_string
;
1397 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1400 version_string
= "";
1401 else if (vernum
== 1)
1402 version_string
= "Base";
1403 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1405 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1408 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1410 version_string
= "";
1411 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1415 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1417 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1419 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1421 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1428 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1429 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1434 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1435 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1440 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1441 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1446 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1447 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1448 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1450 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1452 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1455 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1461 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1463 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1464 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1465 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1468 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1472 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1477 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1478 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1482 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1484 /* Set local fields. */
1487 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1488 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1489 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1490 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1491 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1492 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1493 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1494 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1501 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1502 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1505 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1509 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1511 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1512 symbol which just became indirect. */
1514 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1515 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1516 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1517 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1518 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1519 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1521 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1524 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1525 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1526 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1527 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1529 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1530 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1531 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1532 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1535 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1537 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1538 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1539 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1540 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1543 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1545 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1546 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1547 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1548 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1550 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1555 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1556 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1557 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1559 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1563 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1564 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1567 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1573 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1576 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1577 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1579 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1580 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1582 unsigned int entsize
)
1585 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1587 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1588 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1589 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1590 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1591 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1592 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1593 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1594 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1595 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1596 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1597 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1600 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1601 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1602 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1603 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1604 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1605 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1606 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1607 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1608 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1610 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1611 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1616 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1619 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1621 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1622 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1624 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1628 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1629 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1638 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1639 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1640 entry for a dynamic object. */
1643 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1645 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1646 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1647 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1651 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1654 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1655 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1656 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1663 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, int lib_class
)
1665 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1666 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1667 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1670 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1671 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1673 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1674 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1675 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1677 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1679 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1682 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1683 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1685 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1686 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1687 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1689 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1691 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1694 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1695 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1696 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1699 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1701 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1702 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1703 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1707 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1708 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1711 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1712 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1715 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1717 unsigned long shlink
;
1718 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1720 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1724 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1725 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1728 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1729 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1732 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1735 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1739 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1741 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1742 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1745 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1746 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1748 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1750 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1752 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1755 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1758 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1759 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1762 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1767 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1788 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1790 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1791 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1793 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1795 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1800 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1801 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1802 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1804 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1811 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1813 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1816 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1819 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1820 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1823 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1824 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1829 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1832 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1835 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1836 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1837 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1838 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1839 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1840 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1841 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1842 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1843 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1844 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1846 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1847 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1849 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1850 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1852 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1856 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1857 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1858 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1859 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1861 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1862 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1866 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1868 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1869 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1871 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1872 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1874 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1882 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1883 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1886 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1888 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1889 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1891 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1892 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1894 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1895 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1896 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1897 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1898 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1900 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1901 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1902 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1906 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1907 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1908 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1909 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1911 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1913 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1914 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1916 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1917 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1918 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1922 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1924 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1925 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1926 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1930 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1934 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1935 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1938 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1940 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1941 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1943 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1944 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1946 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1947 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1948 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1950 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1951 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1954 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1955 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1956 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1957 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1960 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1961 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1963 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1966 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1969 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1972 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1973 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1976 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1980 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1981 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1982 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1988 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1989 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1990 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1991 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1993 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1995 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1996 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1998 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1999 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2001 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2004 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2006 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2008 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2009 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2013 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2017 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2019 asection
*target_sect
;
2020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2021 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2024 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2025 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2028 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2029 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2030 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2032 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2033 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2034 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2035 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2039 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2040 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2041 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2042 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2043 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2044 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2045 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2046 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2047 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2053 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2055 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2056 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2067 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2070 /* Get the symbol table. */
2071 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2072 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2073 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2076 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2077 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2078 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2079 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2080 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2081 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2082 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2083 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2084 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2085 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2086 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2087 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2091 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2093 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2094 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2097 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2098 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2099 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2103 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2104 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2105 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2106 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2109 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2110 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2111 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2112 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2113 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2114 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2115 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2116 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2117 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2118 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2123 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2124 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2125 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2126 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2129 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2130 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2132 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2133 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2134 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2136 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2137 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2138 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2139 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2145 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2146 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2148 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2150 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2153 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2155 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2157 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2158 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2161 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2162 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2163 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2165 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2167 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2168 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2169 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2171 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2178 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2179 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2182 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2184 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2185 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2186 for applications? */
2187 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2188 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2189 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2190 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2192 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2193 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2196 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2197 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2198 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2199 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2200 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2202 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2203 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2205 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2206 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2207 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2208 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2209 be rejected with an error message. */
2210 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2211 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2213 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2215 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2216 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2219 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2220 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2221 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2222 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2230 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2231 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2234 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2235 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2237 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2239 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2240 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2241 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2242 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2243 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2245 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2246 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2248 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2249 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2250 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2253 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2255 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2258 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2259 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2260 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2261 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2264 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2266 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2268 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2271 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2275 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2277 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2279 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2282 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2284 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2285 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2288 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2290 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2291 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2294 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2296 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2297 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2298 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2299 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2300 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2301 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2302 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2303 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2304 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2305 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2306 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2309 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2311 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2312 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2313 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2316 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2318 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2319 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2320 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2321 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2322 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2323 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2324 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2325 { ".gnu.hash", 9, 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2326 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2331 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2332 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2335 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2337 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2338 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2339 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2340 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2345 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2346 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2349 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2351 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2352 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2353 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2356 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2358 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2359 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2360 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2363 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2365 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2366 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2367 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2368 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2369 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2372 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2374 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2375 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2376 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2377 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2378 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2381 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2383 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2384 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2385 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2386 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2389 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2391 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2392 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2393 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2395 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2396 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2397 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2398 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2401 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2403 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2405 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2407 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2408 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2409 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2412 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2413 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2414 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2420 len
= strlen (name
);
2422 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2425 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2427 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2429 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2432 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2433 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2435 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2437 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2439 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2440 && (suffix_len
== -2
2441 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2447 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2449 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2450 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2460 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2461 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2464 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2465 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2467 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2468 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2471 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2472 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2475 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2476 bed
->special_sections
,
2482 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2485 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2486 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2489 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2494 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2498 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2500 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2501 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2502 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2504 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2507 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2510 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2513 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2514 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2515 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2517 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2518 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2519 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2520 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2521 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2522 elf_fake_sections. */
2523 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2524 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2526 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2529 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2530 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2534 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2537 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2539 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2540 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2541 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2542 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2544 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2545 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2546 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2547 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2548 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2549 of combined data+bss.
2551 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2552 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2553 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2554 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2555 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2560 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2561 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2563 const char *typename
)
2571 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2572 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2573 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2574 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2575 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2576 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2579 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2580 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2581 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2583 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2584 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2585 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2586 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2587 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2588 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2589 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2591 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2592 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2593 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2595 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2597 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2600 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2602 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2607 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2608 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2609 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2612 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2613 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2614 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2616 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2617 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2618 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2619 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2621 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2622 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2623 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2625 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2626 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2633 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2635 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2637 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2640 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2643 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2646 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2649 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2652 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2654 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2659 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2662 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2664 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2669 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2672 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2675 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2676 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2677 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2681 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2682 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2683 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2686 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2689 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2692 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2693 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2695 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2698 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2700 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2702 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2704 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2705 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2706 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2707 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2708 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2709 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2710 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2711 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2712 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2717 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2720 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2723 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2724 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2728 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2733 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2735 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2736 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2737 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2743 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2745 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2746 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2747 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2749 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2751 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2752 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2753 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2754 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2755 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2756 copy_private_section_data. */
2758 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2759 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2761 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2763 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2765 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2766 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2767 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2768 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2769 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2770 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2772 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2775 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2781 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2782 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2783 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2790 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2794 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2798 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2802 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2803 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2807 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2808 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2811 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2812 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2815 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2816 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2817 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2818 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2820 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2821 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2823 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2824 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2827 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2828 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2829 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2830 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2832 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2833 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2835 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2836 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2840 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2844 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2848 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2849 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2850 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2851 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2852 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2853 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2854 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2856 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2857 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2858 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2859 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2861 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2862 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2863 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2865 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2866 if (asect
->size
== 0
2867 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2869 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2871 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2874 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2875 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2876 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2881 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2882 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2883 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2886 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2887 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2888 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2889 create the other. */
2890 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2891 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2892 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2898 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2901 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2903 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2904 unsigned long symindx
;
2905 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2909 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2911 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2916 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2917 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2921 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2922 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2923 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2924 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2926 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2928 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2930 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2932 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2935 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2937 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2938 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2939 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2946 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2948 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2949 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2950 start of the input section group. */
2951 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2953 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2954 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2955 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2956 directives, not that it matters. */
2965 s
= s
->output_section
;
2968 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2969 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2970 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2975 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2978 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2981 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2982 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2983 in here too, while we're at it. */
2986 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2988 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2990 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2992 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2996 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2998 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2999 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
3001 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3002 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3004 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3006 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3008 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3010 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3011 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3012 abfd
->section_count
--;
3016 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3017 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3018 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3024 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3026 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3028 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3030 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3031 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3032 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3034 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3035 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3039 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3040 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3041 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3042 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3047 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3048 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3049 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3050 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3056 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3057 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3058 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3059 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3060 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3062 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3064 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3065 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3066 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3067 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3068 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3070 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3071 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3072 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3073 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3074 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3075 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3076 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3079 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3080 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3081 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3082 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3085 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3086 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3088 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3089 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3090 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3091 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3093 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3095 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3096 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3099 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3100 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3102 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3106 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3108 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3109 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3111 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3112 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3114 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3115 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3117 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3118 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3121 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3123 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3127 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3128 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3129 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3130 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3131 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3133 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3135 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3136 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3137 the relocation entries apply. */
3138 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3140 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3141 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3143 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3145 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3146 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3149 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3150 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3152 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3155 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3156 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3158 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3159 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3162 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3163 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3164 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3166 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3167 size as the discarded one. */
3168 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
);
3171 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3177 s
= s
->output_section
;
3178 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3182 /* Handle objcopy. */
3183 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3185 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3186 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3187 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3188 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3191 s
= s
->output_section
;
3193 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3198 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3199 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3200 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3202 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3203 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3204 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3205 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3206 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3211 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3215 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3216 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3217 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3218 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3219 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3220 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3221 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3223 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3225 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3227 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3231 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3233 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3237 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3238 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3239 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3240 field to point to this section. */
3241 if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3242 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3247 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3248 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3251 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3252 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3253 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3257 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3259 /* This is a .stab section. */
3260 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3261 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3262 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3269 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3270 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3271 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3272 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3274 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3276 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3279 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3280 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3282 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3284 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3285 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3287 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3292 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3293 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3294 this hash table or version table is for. */
3295 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3297 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3301 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3305 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3306 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3307 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3309 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3310 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3314 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3315 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3318 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3320 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3321 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3322 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3323 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3325 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3326 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3327 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3330 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3331 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3332 special sections. */
3335 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3337 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3339 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3340 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3341 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3345 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3347 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3348 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3349 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3350 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3351 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3352 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3353 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3360 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3364 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3366 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3367 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3371 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3372 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3374 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3375 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3377 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3378 decided to output. */
3379 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3381 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3383 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3384 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3386 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3388 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3389 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3391 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3395 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3396 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3398 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3400 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3406 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3407 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3408 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3409 at least in that case. */
3410 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3412 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3414 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3421 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3422 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3424 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3427 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3429 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3432 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3434 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3437 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3439 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3441 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3443 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3445 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3448 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3449 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3452 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3454 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3458 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3460 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3461 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3465 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3466 ELF data structure. */
3468 static inline file_ptr
3469 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3471 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3474 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3475 required section alignment. */
3478 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3486 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3488 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3490 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3491 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3492 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3493 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3494 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3498 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3499 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3500 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3503 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3504 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3508 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3511 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3514 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3515 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3516 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3518 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3521 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3522 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3523 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3526 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3530 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3533 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3534 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3536 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3537 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3539 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3543 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3545 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3550 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3551 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3552 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3553 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3554 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3555 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3556 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3557 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3558 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3559 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3560 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3562 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3565 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3570 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3572 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3573 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3575 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3576 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3577 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3579 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3580 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3584 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3586 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3587 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3589 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3592 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3597 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3598 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3600 static bfd_size_type
3601 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3605 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3607 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3608 and one for data. */
3611 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3612 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3614 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3615 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3616 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3621 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3623 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3626 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3628 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3629 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3634 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3636 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3640 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3642 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3646 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3648 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3649 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
3651 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3656 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3658 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3660 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3666 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3667 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3668 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3672 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3678 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3681 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3683 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3684 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3685 asection
**sections
,
3690 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3695 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3696 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3697 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3701 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3702 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3703 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3704 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3706 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3708 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3709 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3710 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3716 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3719 struct elf_segment_map
*
3720 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3722 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3724 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3728 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3730 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3735 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3738 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3740 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3741 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3743 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3744 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3745 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3746 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3748 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3751 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3753 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3755 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3756 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3757 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3759 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3763 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3765 if ((*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3771 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3772 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3774 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3781 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3784 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3787 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3788 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3789 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3791 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
3792 && bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3796 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3797 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3800 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3801 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3803 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3804 bfd_boolean writable
;
3806 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3807 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3810 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3812 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3813 if (sections
== NULL
)
3817 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3819 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3825 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3828 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3830 /* Build the mapping. */
3835 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3836 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3838 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3839 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3841 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3842 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3846 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3847 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3848 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3849 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3850 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3855 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3856 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3860 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3868 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3869 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3870 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3874 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3876 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3878 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3881 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3882 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3883 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3884 program headers we will need. */
3887 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3889 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3890 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3891 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3892 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3893 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3894 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3897 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3900 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3904 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3907 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3909 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3910 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3911 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3913 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3915 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3916 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3920 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3921 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3923 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3924 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3927 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3928 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3930 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3931 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3932 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3935 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3937 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3938 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3939 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3940 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3943 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3944 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3945 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3946 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3948 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3949 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3950 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3951 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3952 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3953 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3954 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3959 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3960 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3965 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3968 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3969 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3970 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3971 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3977 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3978 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3980 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3987 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3993 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3994 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3995 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3999 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4002 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4003 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
4005 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4013 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4016 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4023 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4024 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4025 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4026 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4027 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4028 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4030 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4031 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
4033 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4034 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4038 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4045 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4053 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4058 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4059 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4060 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4065 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4066 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4068 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4069 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
4071 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4072 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4073 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4080 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4082 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4083 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4084 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4086 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4087 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4091 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4093 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4099 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4101 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4102 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4106 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4107 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4108 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4114 if (dynsec
!= NULL
&& elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4116 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
4117 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4118 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4119 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4123 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4125 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4132 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4135 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
))
4138 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4140 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4145 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4150 /* Sort sections by address. */
4153 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4155 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4156 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4157 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4159 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4160 place the section into a segment. */
4161 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4163 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4166 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4167 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4168 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4170 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4173 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4175 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4181 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4182 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4183 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4184 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4189 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4194 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4195 before others at the same address. */
4197 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4198 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4205 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4208 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4210 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4211 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4212 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4213 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4214 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4217 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4218 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4220 /* In other words, something like:
4222 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4223 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4224 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4225 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4227 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4229 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4232 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4234 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4237 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4238 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4242 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4243 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4245 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4246 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4247 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4248 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4250 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4254 if (link_info
== NULL
4255 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
))
4259 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4262 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4263 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4264 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4266 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4267 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4269 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4270 == alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4274 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4278 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4279 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4284 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4285 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4287 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4288 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4290 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4296 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4297 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4298 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4299 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4300 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4302 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4303 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4304 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4307 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4308 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4309 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4310 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4311 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4312 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4313 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4315 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4316 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4321 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4323 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4324 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4325 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4328 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4330 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4331 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4333 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4334 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4335 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4336 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4337 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4338 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4339 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4341 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4342 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4344 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4346 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4347 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4351 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4354 bfd_size_type align
;
4356 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4358 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4360 unsigned int secalign
;
4362 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4363 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4364 align_power
= secalign
;
4366 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4368 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4369 align
= maxpagesize
;
4371 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4374 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4375 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4376 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4378 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4379 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4380 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4381 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4382 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4383 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4385 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
4386 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4388 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4392 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4398 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4399 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4400 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4402 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4405 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4407 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4415 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4417 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4420 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4421 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4424 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4426 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4428 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4429 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4431 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4436 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4441 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4443 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4446 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4448 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4452 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4453 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4454 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4455 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4459 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4460 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4463 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4464 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4466 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4467 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4472 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4473 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4474 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4478 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4479 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4480 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4481 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4482 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4483 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4487 bfd_size_type align
;
4491 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4493 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4494 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4496 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4498 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4500 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4503 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4504 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4505 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4509 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4510 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4512 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4514 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4515 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4516 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4518 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4519 modulo the page size. */
4520 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4521 if (page
< maxpagesize
)
4523 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4524 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4526 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4530 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4532 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4538 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4544 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4553 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4555 sec
->filepos
= off
+ voff
;
4556 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4557 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4558 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4559 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4560 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4561 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4562 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4563 people do this. The data statement results in a
4564 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4565 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4566 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4567 section with contents to the output. Make room
4568 here for the write, so that following segments are
4570 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4571 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4575 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4577 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4578 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4581 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4583 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4584 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4585 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4586 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4588 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4590 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4592 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4594 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4597 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4599 else if (align
> p
->p_align
4600 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4601 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4605 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4608 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4610 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4616 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4620 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4623 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4624 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4626 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4627 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4628 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4629 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4630 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4631 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4632 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4633 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4635 unsigned int num_sec
;
4639 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4640 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4641 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4642 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4644 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4645 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4648 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4649 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4650 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4651 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4652 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4653 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4655 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4656 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4658 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4660 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4661 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4662 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4665 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4667 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4670 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4671 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4672 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4673 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4674 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4675 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4677 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4679 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4681 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4682 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4686 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4687 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4691 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4693 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4694 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4699 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4702 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4704 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4705 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4707 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4709 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4710 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4711 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4713 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4714 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4719 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4725 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4726 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4728 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4729 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4731 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4732 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4733 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4734 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4735 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4737 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4742 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4744 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4745 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4746 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4748 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4750 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4751 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4752 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4754 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4756 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4758 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4760 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4761 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4762 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4763 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4764 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4768 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4769 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4771 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4772 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4773 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4774 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4775 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4777 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4781 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4782 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4788 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4793 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4794 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4795 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4797 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4798 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4799 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4800 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4801 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4802 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4803 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4805 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4808 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4809 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4811 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4812 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4816 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4817 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4819 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4820 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4821 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4824 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4825 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4827 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4828 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4829 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4830 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4832 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4835 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4836 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4837 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4838 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4839 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4841 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4844 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4846 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4848 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4849 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4857 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4858 assignment of sections to segments. */
4859 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4862 /* And for non-load sections. */
4863 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4866 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4868 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4872 /* Write out the program headers. */
4873 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4874 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4875 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4878 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4881 /* Place the section headers. */
4882 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4883 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4884 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4886 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4892 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4894 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4895 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4896 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4897 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4898 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4900 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4901 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4903 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4904 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4907 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4909 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4910 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4911 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4912 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4914 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4915 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4916 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4917 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4919 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4920 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4921 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4922 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4923 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4924 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4926 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4928 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4930 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4931 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4934 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4935 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4936 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4937 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4938 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4939 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4940 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4941 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4943 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4946 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4947 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4949 /* No program header, for now. */
4950 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4951 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4952 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4954 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4955 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4956 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4958 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4959 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4960 /* It all happens later. */
4964 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4966 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4969 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4970 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4972 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4974 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4975 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4976 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4977 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4983 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4984 of the loadable file image. */
4987 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4990 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4993 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4995 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4996 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4998 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5001 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5002 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5003 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5006 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5010 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5012 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5013 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5014 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5016 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5018 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5019 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5022 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5023 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5026 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5030 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5032 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5033 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5034 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5036 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5037 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5038 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5040 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5042 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5043 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5046 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5047 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5050 /* Write out the section header names. */
5051 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5052 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5053 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5056 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5057 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5058 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5060 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5064 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5066 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5067 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5070 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5073 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5075 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5078 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5079 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5080 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5082 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5084 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5086 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5091 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5092 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5096 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5101 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5106 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5110 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5112 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5114 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5116 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5117 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5118 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5119 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5120 input sections rather than the output section. */
5121 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5122 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5123 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5128 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5129 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5130 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5131 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5132 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5133 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5134 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5137 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5141 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5142 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5143 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5144 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5145 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5146 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5153 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5154 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5155 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5163 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5166 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5168 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5169 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5170 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5171 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5172 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5175 unsigned int num_segments
;
5176 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5177 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5178 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5179 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5180 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5182 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5183 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5186 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5188 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5189 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5191 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5192 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5193 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5194 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5196 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5197 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5198 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5199 ? section->size : 0)
5201 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5202 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5203 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5204 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5205 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5206 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5208 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5209 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5210 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5211 (section->lma >= base \
5212 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5213 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5215 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5216 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5217 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5218 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5219 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5220 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5221 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5222 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5224 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5225 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5226 p_memsz set to 0. */
5227 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5229 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5230 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5231 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5232 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5234 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5235 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5236 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5238 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5239 A section will be included if:
5240 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5241 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5242 2. It is an allocated segment,
5243 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5244 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5245 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5246 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5247 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5248 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5249 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5250 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5251 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5252 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5253 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5254 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5255 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5256 && section->output_section != NULL \
5257 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5258 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5259 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5260 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5261 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5262 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5263 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5264 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5265 || (segment->p_paddr \
5266 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5267 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5268 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5270 && ! section->segment_mark)
5272 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5273 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5274 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5276 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5277 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5278 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5279 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5280 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5282 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5283 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5284 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5285 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5286 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5288 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5289 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5290 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5292 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5293 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5294 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5295 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5296 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5301 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5303 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5304 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5305 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5307 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5308 assignment code will work. */
5309 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5313 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5316 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5317 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5319 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5321 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5322 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5325 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5326 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5328 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5331 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5332 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5334 if (extra_length
> 0)
5336 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5337 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5340 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5342 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5344 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5349 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5352 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5353 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5355 if (extra_length
> 0)
5357 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5358 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5361 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5366 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5367 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5371 unsigned int section_count
;
5372 asection
** sections
;
5373 asection
* output_section
;
5375 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5376 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5380 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5383 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5384 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5386 section
= section
->next
)
5387 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5390 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5391 all of the sections we have selected. */
5392 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5393 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5394 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5398 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5399 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5401 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5402 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5403 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5404 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5405 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5407 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5408 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5409 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5410 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5412 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5414 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5416 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5417 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5418 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5419 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5420 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5422 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5423 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5426 if (section_count
== 0)
5428 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5429 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5430 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5431 a warning is produced. */
5432 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5433 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5434 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5438 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5439 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5444 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5445 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5446 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5447 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5449 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5450 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5453 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5454 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5455 of the first section.
5457 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5458 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5459 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5460 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5461 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5463 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5464 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5465 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5466 or segments to contain the other sections.
5468 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5469 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5470 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5472 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5473 to work around this long long bug. */
5474 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5475 if (sections
== NULL
)
5478 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5479 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5480 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5481 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5482 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5488 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5490 section
= section
->next
)
5492 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5494 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5496 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5498 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5499 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5500 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5501 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5502 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5503 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5504 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5506 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5507 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5508 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5511 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5513 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5515 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5517 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5518 LMA address of the output section. */
5519 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5520 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5521 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5522 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5525 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5526 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5528 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5529 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5531 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5533 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5534 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5538 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5540 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5542 if (isec
== section_count
)
5544 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5545 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5546 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5547 program header in the input BFD. */
5548 map
->count
= section_count
;
5549 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5550 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5557 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5559 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5560 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5561 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5562 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5566 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5567 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5568 the LMA of the first section. */
5569 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5572 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5573 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5574 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5575 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5577 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5579 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5581 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5582 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5583 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5584 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5585 offset when we know the correct value. */
5586 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5587 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5591 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5592 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5593 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5594 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5595 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5596 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5604 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5605 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5607 section
= sections
[j
];
5609 if (section
== NULL
)
5612 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5614 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5616 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5617 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5619 if (map
->count
== 0)
5621 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5622 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5624 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5626 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5627 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5628 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5634 asection
* prev_sec
;
5636 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5638 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5639 and the start of this section is more than
5640 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5641 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5643 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5644 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5645 > output_section
->lma
))
5647 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5648 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5654 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5657 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5659 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5660 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5663 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5665 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5666 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5667 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5669 if (isec
< section_count
)
5671 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5672 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5673 and carry on looping. */
5674 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5675 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5676 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5683 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5684 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5685 not yet been assigned. */
5687 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5688 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5689 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5690 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5691 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5692 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5693 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5696 while (isec
< section_count
);
5701 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5702 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5703 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5704 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5705 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5706 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5709 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5710 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5712 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5714 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5715 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5716 the offset if necessary. */
5717 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5721 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5724 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5725 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5726 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5731 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5732 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5733 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5734 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5735 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5736 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5737 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5741 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5744 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5746 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5747 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5748 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5749 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5750 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5752 unsigned int num_segments
;
5753 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5755 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5758 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5760 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5761 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5766 unsigned int section_count
;
5768 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5770 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5771 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5774 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5775 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5777 section
= section
->next
)
5779 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5780 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5784 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5785 all of the sections we have selected. */
5786 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5787 if (section_count
!= 0)
5788 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5789 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5793 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5796 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5797 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5798 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5799 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5800 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5801 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5802 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5804 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5805 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5806 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5807 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5809 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5810 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5812 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5813 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5814 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5815 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5816 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5818 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5819 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5822 if (section_count
!= 0)
5824 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5826 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5828 section
= section
->next
)
5830 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5831 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5832 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5836 map
->count
= section_count
;
5837 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5838 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5841 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5845 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5849 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5851 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5852 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5855 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5858 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5860 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5861 header are changed. */
5862 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5863 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5864 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5867 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5868 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5869 section
= section
->next
)
5870 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5872 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5873 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5877 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5878 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5880 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5881 from the input BFD. */
5882 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5884 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5886 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5887 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5888 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5890 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5891 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5893 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5894 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5895 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5896 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5897 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5898 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5904 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5906 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5907 section
= section
->next
)
5909 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5912 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5915 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5919 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5922 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5925 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5929 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5932 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5933 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5935 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5936 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5939 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5940 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5941 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5943 if (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
5944 || (osec
->flags
== 0 && elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
))
5945 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5947 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5948 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5949 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5950 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5953 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5954 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5956 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5957 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5958 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5959 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5963 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5965 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5966 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5967 may be NULL at this point. */
5968 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
5970 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5971 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
5972 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
5975 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
5980 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5981 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5984 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5989 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5991 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5992 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5995 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5996 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5998 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6000 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6001 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6002 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6003 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6004 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6006 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6010 /* Copy private header information. */
6013 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6015 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6016 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6019 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6020 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6021 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6022 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6023 already been worked out. */
6024 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6026 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6033 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6034 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6035 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6036 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6037 swap_out_syms function. */
6039 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6040 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6041 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6042 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6043 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6046 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6051 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6053 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6054 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6057 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6058 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6062 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6066 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6067 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6068 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6069 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6070 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6071 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6073 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6074 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6075 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6076 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6077 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6083 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6086 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6087 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6090 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6093 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6094 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6096 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6097 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6098 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6101 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6103 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6106 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6107 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6111 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6112 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6113 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6114 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6115 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6116 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6117 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6118 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6120 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6121 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6123 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6124 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6126 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6129 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6131 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6132 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6133 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6135 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6136 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6137 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6138 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6140 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6144 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6145 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6146 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6147 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6148 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6151 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6153 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6154 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6160 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6161 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6162 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6163 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6164 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6168 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6169 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6171 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6172 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6174 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6175 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6176 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6177 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6180 if (!name_local_sections
6181 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6183 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6188 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6191 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6193 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6198 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6200 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6201 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6203 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6204 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6205 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6206 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6207 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6208 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6209 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6211 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6212 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6213 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6217 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6220 if (sec
->output_section
)
6222 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6223 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6226 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6227 if (! relocatable_p
)
6229 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6230 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6232 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6234 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6236 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6237 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6238 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6239 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6243 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6246 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6249 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6252 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6255 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6263 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6269 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6270 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6271 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6272 demand of applications. For example, it
6273 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6274 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6275 actually in the output file. */
6276 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6279 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6280 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6281 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6283 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6284 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6288 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6289 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6293 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6296 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6298 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6300 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6305 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6308 /* Processor-specific types. */
6309 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6310 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6311 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6312 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6314 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6316 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6317 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6319 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6321 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6322 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6323 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6324 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6328 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6329 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6332 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6334 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6336 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6338 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6341 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6344 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6345 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6349 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6350 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6351 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6352 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6356 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6357 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6359 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6360 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6361 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6362 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6363 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6364 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6369 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6371 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6372 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6373 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6376 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6380 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6382 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6383 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6385 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6391 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6395 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6397 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6399 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6403 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6404 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6406 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6412 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6415 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6418 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6421 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6428 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6430 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6433 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6434 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6435 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6439 return section
->reloc_count
;
6443 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6445 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6446 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6449 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6454 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6455 asymbol
**allocation
)
6457 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6458 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6461 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6465 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6466 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6467 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6468 dynamic reloc section. */
6471 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6476 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6478 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6482 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6483 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6484 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6485 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6486 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6487 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6488 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6489 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6494 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6495 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6496 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6497 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6498 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6499 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6500 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6503 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6507 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6511 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6513 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6517 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6519 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6521 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6522 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6523 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6524 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6529 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6531 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6533 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6544 /* Read in the version information. */
6547 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6549 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6550 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6552 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6554 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6555 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6556 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6558 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6560 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6562 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6563 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6564 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6567 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6569 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6570 if (contents
== NULL
)
6572 error_return_verref
:
6573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6577 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6578 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6579 goto error_return_verref
;
6581 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6582 goto error_return_verref
;
6584 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6585 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6586 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6587 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6588 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6589 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6591 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6592 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6595 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6597 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6599 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6600 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6602 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6603 goto error_return_verref
;
6605 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6606 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6609 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6610 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6611 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6612 goto error_return_verref
;
6615 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6616 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6617 goto error_return_verref
;
6619 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6620 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6621 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6622 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6624 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6626 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6627 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6628 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6629 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6630 goto error_return_verref
;
6632 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6633 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6635 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6637 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6638 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6639 goto error_return_verref
;
6641 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6642 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6644 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6645 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6648 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6649 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6651 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6653 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6654 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6655 goto error_return_verref
;
6657 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6658 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6665 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6667 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6668 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6669 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6670 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6671 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6673 unsigned int maxidx
;
6674 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6676 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6678 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6679 if (contents
== NULL
)
6681 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6682 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6685 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6688 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6689 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6690 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6691 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6692 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6693 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6695 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6696 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6698 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6700 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6702 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6704 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6705 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6707 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6708 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6711 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6712 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6715 if (default_imported_symver
)
6717 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6722 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6723 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6724 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6727 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6729 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6730 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6731 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6733 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6734 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6737 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6739 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6741 error_return_verdef
:
6742 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6743 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6747 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6748 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6750 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6752 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6753 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6756 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6757 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6758 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6759 goto error_return_verdef
;
6763 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6764 goto error_return_verdef
;
6766 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6767 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6768 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6769 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6771 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6773 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6774 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6775 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6776 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6777 goto error_return_verdef
;
6779 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6780 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6782 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6784 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6785 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6786 goto error_return_verdef
;
6788 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6789 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6792 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6793 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6795 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6796 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6798 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6800 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6801 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6807 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6814 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6815 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6816 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6819 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6822 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6823 if (default_imported_symver
)
6825 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6826 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6828 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6830 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6831 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6832 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6833 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6835 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6837 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6838 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6839 goto error_return_verdef
;
6840 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6841 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6842 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6843 goto error_return_verdef
;
6845 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6846 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6847 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6853 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6859 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6861 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6862 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6864 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6869 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6870 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6875 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6879 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6882 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6883 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6887 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6890 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6891 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6894 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6895 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6896 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6899 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6900 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6901 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6902 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6903 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6904 we treat such symbols as local. */
6905 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6912 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6913 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6920 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6921 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6922 unsigned long machine
)
6924 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6925 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6926 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6927 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6928 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6931 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6934 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6935 for error reporting. */
6938 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6942 const char **filename_ptr
,
6943 const char **functionname_ptr
)
6945 const char *filename
;
6946 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
6949 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6950 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6951 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6952 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6953 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6954 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6955 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6956 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6957 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
6963 state
= nothing_seen
;
6965 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6969 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
6971 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
6977 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
6978 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
6982 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
6983 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
6984 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
6986 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
6987 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
6990 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6991 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
6992 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
6996 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
6997 state
= symbol_seen
;
7004 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7005 if (functionname_ptr
)
7006 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7011 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7012 for error reporting. */
7015 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7019 const char **filename_ptr
,
7020 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7021 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7025 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7026 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7029 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7030 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7031 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7037 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7038 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7040 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7042 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7043 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7044 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7050 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7051 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7052 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7053 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7055 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7058 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7061 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7062 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7069 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7072 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7073 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7075 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7076 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7077 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7080 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7081 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7082 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7083 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7084 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7087 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7088 const char **filename_ptr
,
7089 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7090 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7093 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7094 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7095 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7100 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7102 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7103 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7105 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7107 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7109 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7111 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7114 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7115 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7118 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7121 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7129 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7131 const void *location
,
7133 bfd_size_type count
)
7135 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7138 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7139 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7142 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7143 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7144 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7145 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7152 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7153 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7154 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7159 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7162 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7164 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7166 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7168 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7169 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7171 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7172 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7174 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7176 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7179 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7182 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7185 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7188 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7191 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7194 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7200 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7202 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7204 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7205 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7207 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7212 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7218 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7221 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7224 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7227 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7230 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7236 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7240 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7248 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7249 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7250 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7251 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7256 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7258 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7260 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7261 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7262 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7265 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7268 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7269 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7270 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7273 bfd_reloc_status_type
7274 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7275 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7276 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7277 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7278 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7280 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7283 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7284 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7285 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7286 out details about the corefile. */
7288 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7289 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7292 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7295 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7297 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7298 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7301 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7302 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7303 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7307 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7311 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7314 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7318 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7319 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7320 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7324 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7325 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7326 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7327 such a section already exists.
7328 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7329 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7330 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7332 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7338 char *threaded_name
;
7342 /* Build the section name. */
7344 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7345 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7346 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7347 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7349 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7351 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7356 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7357 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7359 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7362 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7364 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7368 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7371 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7376 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7380 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7381 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7382 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7384 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7385 has already been set by another thread. */
7386 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7387 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7388 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7390 /* pr_who exists on:
7393 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7396 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7397 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7400 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7401 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7403 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7404 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7406 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7407 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7408 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7410 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7411 has already been set by another thread. */
7412 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7413 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7414 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7416 /* pr_who exists on:
7419 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7422 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7423 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7426 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7429 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7430 note size (ie. data object type). */
7434 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7435 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7436 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7438 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7440 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7442 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7444 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7446 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7447 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7450 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7451 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7452 data structure apart. */
7455 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7457 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7460 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7461 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7465 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7467 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7470 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7471 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7472 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7473 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7477 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7478 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7479 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7480 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7484 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7485 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7486 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7489 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7492 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7500 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7504 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7510 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7512 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7514 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7516 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7518 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7520 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7521 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7522 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7524 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7525 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7526 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7528 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7529 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7531 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7532 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7534 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7536 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7537 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7538 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7540 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7541 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7542 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7548 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7549 note size (ie. data object type). */
7553 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7554 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7555 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7558 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7559 int n
= strlen (command
);
7561 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7562 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7567 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7569 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7571 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7573 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7574 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7575 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7581 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7585 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7586 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7588 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7591 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7593 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7596 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7597 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7598 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7602 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7604 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7606 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7608 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7614 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7615 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7616 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7621 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7623 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7624 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7626 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7628 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7629 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7630 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7633 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7635 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7639 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7640 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7641 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7642 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7645 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7646 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7647 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7650 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7652 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7655 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7657 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7658 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7659 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7662 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7664 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7668 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7669 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7670 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7671 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7674 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7675 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7676 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7679 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7681 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7683 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7685 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7687 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7693 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7695 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7698 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7700 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7702 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7703 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7704 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7705 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7708 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7709 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7710 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7712 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7713 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7717 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7719 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7723 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7724 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7725 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7726 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7727 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7729 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7730 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7734 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7735 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7736 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7737 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7739 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7740 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7744 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7746 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7751 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7752 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7753 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7762 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7765 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7767 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7775 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7776 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7778 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7779 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7784 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7786 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7789 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7791 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7794 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7795 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7797 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7798 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7799 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7802 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7803 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7804 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7805 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7811 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7812 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7814 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7815 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7822 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7827 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7828 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7829 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7837 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7841 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7844 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7851 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7854 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7855 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7856 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7858 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7859 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7860 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7862 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7863 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7864 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7866 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7871 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7875 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7876 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7878 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7880 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7881 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7882 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7883 creates a core file. */
7885 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7888 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7889 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7890 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7893 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7897 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7899 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7900 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7902 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7903 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7906 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7907 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7909 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
7910 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7916 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7917 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7922 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
7923 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7925 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
7926 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7936 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
7938 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
7945 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7946 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
7948 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7949 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
7951 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7952 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
7954 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7955 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
7957 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
7958 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7961 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7962 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7963 thread just in case. */
7964 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
7965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7967 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7968 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
7970 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7975 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7979 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7980 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7981 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7983 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
7987 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
7988 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
7996 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7997 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
7999 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8004 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8008 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8009 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8010 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8012 /* This is the current thread. */
8013 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8014 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8019 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8020 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8021 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8022 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8025 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8027 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8028 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8030 static long tid
= 1;
8034 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8035 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8036 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8037 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8038 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8039 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8040 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8041 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8047 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8054 size of data for note
8057 End of buffer containing note. */
8060 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8068 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8078 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8080 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8081 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8082 pad
= -namesz
& ((1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
) - 1);
8085 newspace
= 12 + namesz
+ pad
+ size
;
8087 p
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8089 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8090 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8091 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8092 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8093 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8097 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8105 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8109 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8111 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8118 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8120 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8122 note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8125 note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8128 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8129 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8130 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8131 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8132 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8134 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8136 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8138 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8146 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8148 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8149 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8150 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8151 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8152 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8153 note_name
, NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8155 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8157 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8159 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8166 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8167 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8169 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8170 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8171 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8172 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8173 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8174 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8176 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8177 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8179 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8180 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8183 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8184 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8186 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8188 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8190 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8194 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8195 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8198 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8200 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8201 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8202 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8203 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8206 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8209 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8215 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8216 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8217 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8221 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8224 const void *xfpregs
,
8227 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8228 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8229 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8233 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8241 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8244 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8248 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8256 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8258 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8259 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8260 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8262 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8264 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8265 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8267 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8268 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8269 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8271 if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
8273 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8276 else if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "QNX", 3) == 0)
8278 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8283 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8287 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8294 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8296 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8297 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8298 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8301 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8303 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8305 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8309 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8312 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8313 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8314 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8315 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8317 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8318 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8321 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8325 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8327 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8331 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8332 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8333 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8339 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8342 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8344 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8345 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8346 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8349 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8351 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8352 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8354 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8355 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8359 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8362 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8367 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8370 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8372 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8373 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8374 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8377 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8379 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8380 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8382 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8383 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8387 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8388 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8391 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8395 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8396 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8398 return reloc_class_normal
;
8401 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8402 relocation against a local symbol. */
8405 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8406 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8408 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8410 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8413 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8414 + sec
->output_offset
8416 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8417 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8418 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8421 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8422 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8423 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8426 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8427 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8428 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8429 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8430 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8431 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8432 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8435 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8436 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8442 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8443 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8447 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8449 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8450 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8452 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8453 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8454 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8458 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8459 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8463 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8465 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8466 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8468 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8469 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8475 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8476 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8477 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8478 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8479 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8480 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8482 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8483 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8484 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8485 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8486 the remote memory. */
8489 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8493 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8495 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8496 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8500 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8501 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8502 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8507 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8510 const char *relplt_name
;
8511 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8515 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8521 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8524 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8527 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8530 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8531 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8532 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8533 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8537 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8538 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8539 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8542 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8546 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8547 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8550 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8551 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8552 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8553 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8554 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8556 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8560 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8561 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8563 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8568 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8569 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8572 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8573 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8574 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8575 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8576 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8578 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8580 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8581 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8583 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8584 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8591 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8592 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8595 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8597 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8598 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8601 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8602 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8603 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8605 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8606 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8609 /* Sorted by section index. */
8610 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8614 /* Sorted by binding. */
8615 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8620 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8625 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8627 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8628 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8629 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8632 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8636 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
)
8639 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8640 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8641 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8642 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8643 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8644 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8645 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8646 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8653 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8655 if (strncmp (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8656 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8657 && strncmp (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8658 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8659 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8660 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8662 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8663 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8664 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8667 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8670 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8671 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8673 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8675 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8679 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8680 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8681 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8684 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8685 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8686 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8687 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8688 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8689 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8691 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8694 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8696 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8700 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
|| isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8703 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8705 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8706 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8707 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8708 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8710 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8712 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8713 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8715 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8722 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8727 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8728 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8730 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8737 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8741 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8744 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8745 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8747 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8751 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8752 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8755 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8762 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8763 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8766 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8772 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8773 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8774 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8775 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8776 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8778 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8779 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8780 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8781 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8782 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8800 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8801 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8802 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8803 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8805 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8808 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8809 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8813 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8814 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8817 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);